1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
116 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
117 enum bptype type_wanted
);
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
128 const struct event_location
*location
,
129 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
142 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
145 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
146 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 struct symtab_and_line
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
155 static struct breakpoint
*
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
161 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
163 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
167 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
168 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
169 struct obj_section
*, int);
171 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
172 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
174 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
175 struct address_space
*aspace
,
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
179 struct address_space
*,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
207 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
219 int *other_type_used
);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
236 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
237 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
238 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
240 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
242 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
243 insert locations now. */
244 enum ugll_insert_mode
246 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
247 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
248 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
249 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
250 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
251 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
252 returns true on them.
254 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
255 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
256 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
257 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
258 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
259 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
263 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
264 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
267 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
268 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
269 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
270 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
271 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
272 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
273 as no thread is running yet. */
277 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
281 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
283 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
299 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
307 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
308 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
314 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
317 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
322 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
325 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
327 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
328 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
330 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
331 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
332 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
333 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
334 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
335 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
337 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
338 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
339 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
340 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
346 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
348 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
350 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
351 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
353 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
355 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
356 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
357 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
358 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
359 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
360 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
361 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
363 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
365 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
367 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
369 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
370 breakpoints share a single command list. */
371 struct counted_command_line
373 /* The reference count. */
376 /* The command list. */
377 struct command_line
*commands
;
380 struct command_line
*
381 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
383 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
386 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
387 current breakpoint. */
389 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
392 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
394 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
395 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
397 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
399 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
402 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
403 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
404 if such is available. */
405 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
408 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
409 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
412 fprintf_filtered (file
,
413 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
414 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
418 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
420 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
421 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
422 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
424 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
425 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
428 fprintf_filtered (file
,
429 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
430 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
434 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
435 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
436 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
437 use hardware breakpoints. */
438 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
440 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
441 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
444 fprintf_filtered (file
,
445 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
449 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
450 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
451 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
452 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
453 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
454 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
455 processing user input. */
456 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
459 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
460 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
462 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
466 /* See breakpoint.h. */
469 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
471 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
473 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
474 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
475 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
478 else if (target_has_execution
)
480 struct thread_info
*tp
;
482 if (always_inserted_mode
)
484 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
489 if (threads_are_executing ())
492 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
493 stopped, we still have events to process. */
494 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
496 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto
,
510 condition_evaluation_host
,
511 condition_evaluation_target
,
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
530 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target
;
535 return condition_evaluation_host
;
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
555 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
557 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
613 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
617 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
621 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
642 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
646 static int breakpoint_count
;
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
656 static int tracepoint_count
;
658 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
659 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
660 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
662 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
665 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
668 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
672 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
679 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
681 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
683 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
686 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
689 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
691 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
692 breakpoint_count
= num
;
693 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
696 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
697 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
698 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
700 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
704 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
706 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
709 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
713 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
715 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
718 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
721 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
723 struct breakpoint
*b
;
729 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
730 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
732 static struct counted_command_line
*
733 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
735 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
738 result
->commands
= commands
;
743 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
746 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
752 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
753 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
754 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
757 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
761 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
763 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
770 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
773 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
775 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
778 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
781 static struct cleanup
*
782 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
784 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
788 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
789 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
792 get_breakpoint (int num
)
794 struct breakpoint
*b
;
797 if (b
->number
== num
)
805 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
806 evaluating conditions on its side. */
809 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
811 struct bp_location
*loc
;
813 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
814 evaluating conditions and if the user has
815 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
817 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
818 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
821 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
824 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
825 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
828 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
829 evaluating conditions on its side. */
832 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
834 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
835 evaluating conditions and if the user has
836 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
846 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
849 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
850 condition_evaluation_mode. */
853 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
856 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
858 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
859 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
861 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
862 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
863 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
867 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
868 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
870 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
871 settings was "auto". */
872 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
874 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
875 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
877 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
878 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
879 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
881 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
882 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
885 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
887 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
890 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
894 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
895 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
896 target knows about. */
897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
898 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
899 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
903 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
909 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
910 what "auto" is translating to. */
913 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
914 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
916 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
917 fprintf_filtered (file
,
918 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
919 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
921 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
923 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
927 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
928 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
929 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
932 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
934 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
935 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
937 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
940 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
943 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
944 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
945 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
948 static struct bp_location
**
949 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
951 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
952 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
953 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
955 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
956 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
957 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
959 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
960 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
961 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
962 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
963 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
965 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
966 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
969 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
970 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
971 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
972 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
979 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
982 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
983 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
985 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
987 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
994 struct bp_location
*loc
;
996 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1001 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1002 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1003 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1010 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1014 const char *arg
= exp
;
1016 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1017 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1018 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1019 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1021 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1023 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1025 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1027 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1030 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1034 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1036 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1040 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1041 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1043 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1047 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1049 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1052 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1054 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1055 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1056 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1060 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1061 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1065 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1066 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1070 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1071 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1073 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1076 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1077 len
= strlen (text
);
1083 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1085 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1086 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1092 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1093 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1094 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1097 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1100 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1102 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1107 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1110 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1112 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1115 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1117 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1118 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1119 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1120 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1121 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1123 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1125 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1126 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1127 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1129 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1131 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1132 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1137 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1140 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1141 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1142 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1145 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1147 struct command_line
*c
;
1149 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1153 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1155 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1157 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1158 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1160 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1161 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1162 command directly. */
1163 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1164 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1166 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1167 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1174 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1176 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1182 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1184 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1187 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1188 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1192 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1193 struct command_line
*commands
)
1195 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1197 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1198 struct command_line
*c
;
1199 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1201 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1202 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1206 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1207 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1208 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1209 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1210 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1211 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1212 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1213 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1214 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1215 tracepoint's context. */
1216 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1218 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1220 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1223 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1228 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1229 "can be used only once"));
1234 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1238 struct command_line
*c2
;
1240 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1241 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1242 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1244 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1251 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1255 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1256 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1259 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1261 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1262 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1263 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1266 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1268 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1269 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1270 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1276 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1277 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1280 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1281 struct command_line
*commands
)
1283 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1285 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1286 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1290 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1291 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1295 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1297 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1300 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1301 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1304 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1308 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1310 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1313 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1314 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1317 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1318 breakpoint work for any task. */
1321 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1323 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1326 if (old_task
!= task
)
1327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1331 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1333 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1335 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1338 /* A structure used to pass information through
1339 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1341 struct commands_info
1343 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1346 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1349 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1350 already-parsed command. */
1351 struct command_line
*control
;
1353 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1355 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1358 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1359 commands_command. */
1362 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1364 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1366 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1368 struct command_line
*l
;
1370 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1371 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1374 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1377 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1378 "%s, one per line."),
1381 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1383 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1386 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1389 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1392 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1395 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1397 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1399 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1400 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1401 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1402 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1403 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1408 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1409 struct command_line
*control
)
1411 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1412 struct commands_info info
;
1414 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1415 info
.control
= control
;
1417 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1418 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1419 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1421 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1423 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1424 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1426 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1427 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1430 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1431 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1432 numbers will fail in this case. */
1437 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1439 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1442 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1446 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1448 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1449 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1451 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1455 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1457 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1460 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1461 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1463 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1464 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1465 enum command_control_type
1466 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1468 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1469 return simple_control
;
1472 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1475 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1477 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1481 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1482 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1487 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1488 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1491 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1492 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1493 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1496 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1497 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1498 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1499 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1500 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1507 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1508 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1510 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1514 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1516 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1517 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1519 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1526 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1533 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1534 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1536 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1538 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1542 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1544 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1545 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1548 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1550 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1551 shadow_contents buffer. */
1552 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1553 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1554 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1556 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1558 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1559 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1563 const unsigned char *bp
;
1564 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1567 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1568 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1569 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1571 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1573 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1575 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1576 breakpoint's INSN. */
1577 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1581 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1582 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1584 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1586 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1588 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1589 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1590 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1591 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1592 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1593 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1594 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1595 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1597 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1600 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1601 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1602 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1604 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1606 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1609 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1610 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1611 report higher one. */
1614 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1615 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1617 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1619 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1620 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1622 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1623 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1624 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1625 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1627 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1628 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1629 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1631 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1633 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1640 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1641 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1642 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1643 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1644 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1647 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1649 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1650 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1651 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1654 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1657 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1659 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1661 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1662 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1666 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1667 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1668 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1671 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1674 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1675 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1676 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1679 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1682 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1683 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1689 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1693 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1695 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1697 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1700 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1703 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1705 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1707 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1710 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1714 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1716 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1717 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1720 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1721 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1722 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1723 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1724 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1725 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1726 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1727 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1730 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1732 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1733 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1734 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1735 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1738 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1739 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1742 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1744 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1746 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1748 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1749 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1751 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1752 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1754 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1757 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1760 static struct value
*
1761 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1763 struct value
*bit_val
;
1768 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1770 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1773 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1780 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1781 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1782 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1783 to be able to report stops. */
1786 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1787 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1789 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1791 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1792 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1793 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1794 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1797 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1798 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1801 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1803 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1805 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1806 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1807 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1810 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1811 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1812 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1813 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1815 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1817 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1818 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1821 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1822 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1823 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1824 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1825 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1826 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1827 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1828 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1830 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1831 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1832 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1833 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1834 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1835 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1836 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1837 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1840 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1841 hardware watchpoints:
1843 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1844 called several times when GDB stops.
1847 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1848 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1849 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1850 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1851 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1852 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1853 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1854 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1855 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1856 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1857 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1859 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1860 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1863 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1865 int within_current_scope
;
1866 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1869 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1870 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1871 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1872 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1875 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1880 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1881 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1882 within_current_scope
= 1;
1885 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1886 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1887 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1889 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1890 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1891 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1892 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1893 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1896 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1897 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1898 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1899 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1902 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1904 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1905 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1906 if (within_current_scope
)
1910 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1911 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1912 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1915 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1924 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1925 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1926 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1927 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1928 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1929 be completely different objects. */
1930 value_free (b
->val
);
1934 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1935 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1936 locations (re)created below. */
1937 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1939 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1941 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1945 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1946 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1950 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1951 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1952 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1953 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1954 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1955 if (!target_has_execution
)
1957 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1958 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1959 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1960 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1962 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1963 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1965 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1966 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1969 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1972 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1973 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1975 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1977 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1978 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1979 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1980 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1981 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1983 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1985 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1987 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1995 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1997 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1998 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
2000 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2001 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2002 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2003 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2004 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2005 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2006 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2008 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2010 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2011 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2012 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2014 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2015 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2018 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2019 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2020 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2022 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2024 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2026 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2027 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2029 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2031 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2032 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2033 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2034 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2035 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2038 addr
= value_address (v
);
2041 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2046 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2048 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2051 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2052 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2055 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2057 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2058 loc
->address
= addr
;
2062 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2063 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2066 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2068 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2073 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2074 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2075 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2080 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2081 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2083 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2087 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2090 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2091 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2092 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2094 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2095 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2096 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2097 this watchpoint in as well. */
2099 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2100 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2101 hardware watchpoint type. */
2102 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2103 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2104 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2106 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2107 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2108 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2109 through watch_command), so always account for it
2112 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2113 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2115 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2116 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2119 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2120 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2122 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2124 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2125 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2126 "hardware watchpoint."));
2127 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2128 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2129 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2131 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2132 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2136 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2137 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2138 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2140 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2143 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2145 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2146 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2147 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2149 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2150 "read/access watchpoint."));
2153 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2155 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2156 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2157 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2158 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2161 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2163 next
= value_next (v
);
2168 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2169 above left it without any location set up. But,
2170 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2171 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2172 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2173 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2175 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2177 printf_filtered (_("\
2178 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2179 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2181 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2184 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2186 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2190 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2191 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2192 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2193 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2194 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2196 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2198 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2201 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2204 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2207 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2210 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2211 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2212 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2213 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2214 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2215 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2216 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2217 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2218 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2221 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2223 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2224 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2225 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2230 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2231 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2232 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2233 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2238 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2239 instruction that triggered one. */
2240 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2241 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2245 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2246 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2247 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2248 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2257 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2258 that the location is not duplicated. */
2261 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2264 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2267 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2268 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2272 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2273 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2274 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2275 any error during parsing. */
2277 static struct agent_expr
*
2278 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2280 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2285 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2286 that may show up. */
2289 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2292 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2294 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2295 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2296 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2301 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2305 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2306 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2307 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2308 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2309 one of them is true. */
2312 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2314 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2315 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2316 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2317 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2319 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2320 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2322 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2323 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2324 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2326 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2327 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2330 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2331 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2332 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2333 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2334 response back to GDB. */
2335 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2338 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2342 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2344 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2345 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2346 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2347 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2348 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2349 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2352 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2353 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2354 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2356 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2362 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2363 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2364 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2366 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2367 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2368 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2370 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2373 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2375 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2377 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2380 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2381 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2386 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2387 for this location's address. */
2388 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2392 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2393 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2394 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2396 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2397 conditions to the target. */
2398 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2399 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2405 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2406 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2407 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2409 static struct agent_expr
*
2410 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2412 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2413 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2414 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2415 const char *cmdrest
;
2416 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2417 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2419 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2426 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2428 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2430 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2431 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2433 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2435 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2437 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2439 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2441 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2442 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2444 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2446 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2447 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2449 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2451 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2453 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2455 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2456 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2459 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2464 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2465 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2467 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2471 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2472 that may show up. */
2475 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2476 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2477 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2479 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2481 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2482 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2483 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2488 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2490 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2494 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2495 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2496 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2499 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2501 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2502 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2503 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2504 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2506 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2507 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2509 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2512 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2513 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2516 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2517 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2518 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2523 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2524 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2525 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2529 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2530 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2531 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2532 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2533 response back to GDB. */
2534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2537 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2541 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2543 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2544 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2545 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2546 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2547 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2548 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2549 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2552 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2553 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2554 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2556 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2562 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2564 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2566 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2569 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2570 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2572 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2574 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2577 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2578 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2583 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2584 for this location's address. */
2585 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2588 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2589 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2590 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2591 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2593 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2594 to send the commands to the target. */
2595 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2599 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2600 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2601 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2602 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2605 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2606 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2607 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2608 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2611 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2612 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2614 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2615 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2616 int *disabled_breaks
,
2617 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2618 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2620 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2621 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2623 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2626 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2627 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2628 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2629 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2630 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2631 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2632 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2633 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2634 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2635 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2636 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2637 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2639 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2640 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2641 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2642 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2644 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2646 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2647 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2648 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2649 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2652 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2653 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2655 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2657 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2658 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2659 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2661 Two important cases are:
2662 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2663 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2664 hardware breakpoint.
2665 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2666 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2667 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2670 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2671 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2672 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2673 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2675 struct mem_region
*mr
2676 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2680 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2682 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2684 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2685 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2687 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2689 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2691 static int said
= 0;
2693 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2696 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2697 _("Note: automatically using "
2698 "hardware breakpoints for "
2699 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2704 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2705 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2707 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2708 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2709 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2710 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2712 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2718 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2719 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2720 || bl
->section
== NULL
2721 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2723 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2728 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2730 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2732 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2735 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2741 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2742 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2743 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2745 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2746 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2747 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2748 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2749 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2753 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2755 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2756 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2757 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2759 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2764 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2765 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2767 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2769 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2772 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2776 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2777 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2778 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2779 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2783 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2784 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2786 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2791 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2793 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2795 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2798 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2804 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2805 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2810 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2812 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2814 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2815 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2816 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2817 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2818 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2819 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2820 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2821 errors as memory errors. */
2822 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2823 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2824 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2825 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2828 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2829 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2830 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2831 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2834 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2836 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2837 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2838 "library breakpoints:\n");
2840 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2842 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2847 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2849 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2850 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2851 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2852 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2853 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2854 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2855 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2859 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2862 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2863 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2864 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2867 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2869 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2870 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2874 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2875 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2890 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2891 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2892 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2893 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2902 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2903 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2904 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2906 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2908 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2909 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2911 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2913 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2914 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2918 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2919 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2926 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2927 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2930 /* Back to the original value. */
2931 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2935 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2938 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2942 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2943 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2945 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2948 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2952 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2953 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2955 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2958 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2960 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2961 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2962 so just return success. */
2969 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2970 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2974 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2976 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2977 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2979 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2982 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2983 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2986 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2987 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2990 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2992 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2994 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2995 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2996 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2998 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2999 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3001 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3007 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3008 removed locations above. */
3009 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3012 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3013 Throws exception on any error.
3014 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3015 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3017 insert_breakpoints (void)
3019 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3022 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3024 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3026 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3029 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3030 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3031 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3032 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3035 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3038 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3040 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3044 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3048 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3049 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3050 always-inserted mode. */
3053 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3055 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3058 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3059 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3060 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3062 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3063 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3065 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3066 there was an error. */
3067 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3069 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3073 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3075 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3078 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3079 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3080 deletion of breakpoints. */
3081 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3086 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3087 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3088 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3089 insert breakpoints. */
3090 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3091 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3094 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3095 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3102 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3103 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3106 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3109 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3112 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3114 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3115 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3118 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3119 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3120 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3122 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3123 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3125 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3126 there was an error. */
3127 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3129 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3133 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3136 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3137 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3138 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3139 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3140 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3143 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3145 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3146 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3147 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3148 insert breakpoints. */
3149 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3150 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3153 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3154 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3159 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3160 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3163 int some_failed
= 0;
3164 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3166 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3172 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3175 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3176 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3183 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3185 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3187 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3188 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3189 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3197 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3198 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3199 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3201 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3202 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3203 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3205 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3206 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3209 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3212 /* Used when the program stops.
3213 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3214 removing a breakpoint location. */
3217 remove_breakpoints (void)
3219 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3222 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3224 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3225 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3230 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3234 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3236 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3240 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3244 printf_filtered (_("\
3245 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3246 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3248 /* Hide it from the user. */
3254 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3257 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3259 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3261 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3263 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3265 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3268 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3270 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3279 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3281 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3282 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3284 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3285 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3286 struct inferior
*inf
;
3287 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3289 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3293 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3294 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3296 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3298 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3299 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3303 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3309 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3312 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3321 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3323 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3324 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3325 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3326 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3327 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3328 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3330 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3333 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3336 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3337 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3341 static struct breakpoint
*
3342 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3343 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3344 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3346 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3349 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3352 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3353 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3355 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3356 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3357 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3362 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3364 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3366 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3368 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3369 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3371 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3372 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3374 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3375 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3377 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3378 int longjmp_searched
;
3380 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3381 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3383 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3384 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3386 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3387 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3389 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3390 int exception_searched
;
3392 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3393 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3396 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3398 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3399 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3401 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3404 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3406 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3409 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3410 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3412 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3413 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3415 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3417 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3418 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3419 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3422 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3424 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3425 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3427 return bp_objfile_data
;
3431 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3433 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3434 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3436 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3437 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3441 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3443 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3444 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3448 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3449 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3451 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3453 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3458 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3460 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3462 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3463 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3465 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3466 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3469 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3472 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3473 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3475 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3476 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3477 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3478 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3480 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3482 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3483 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3487 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3488 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3494 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3496 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3497 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3499 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3501 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3503 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3505 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3507 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3510 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3511 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3513 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3515 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3517 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3521 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3524 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3525 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3527 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3529 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3530 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3531 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3535 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3536 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3539 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3542 struct probe
*probe
;
3543 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3546 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3547 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3551 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3553 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3554 get_probe_address (probe
,
3557 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3559 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3560 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3566 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3569 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3572 const char *func_name
;
3574 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3576 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3579 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3580 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3582 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3584 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3585 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3587 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3588 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3591 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3594 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3595 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3596 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3597 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3598 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3599 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3600 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3605 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3608 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3610 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3612 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3613 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3614 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3616 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3618 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3620 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3623 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3625 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3627 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3628 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3629 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3631 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3633 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3636 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3638 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3640 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3641 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3642 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3644 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3645 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3648 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3651 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3652 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3653 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3654 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3655 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3656 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3657 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3658 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3662 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3665 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3668 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3670 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3671 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3673 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3675 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3676 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3677 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3679 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3681 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3683 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3684 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3688 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3692 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3693 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3695 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3697 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3698 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3699 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3703 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3704 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3707 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3709 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3711 struct probe
*probe
;
3714 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3715 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3719 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3721 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3722 get_probe_address (probe
,
3724 bp_exception_master
,
3725 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3727 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3728 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3734 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3736 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3739 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3741 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3743 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3745 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3746 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3748 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3752 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3755 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3756 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3758 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3759 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3760 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3761 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3762 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3763 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3768 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3770 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3771 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3773 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3774 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3775 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3776 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3777 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3778 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3779 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3780 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3781 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3782 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3783 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3787 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3790 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3791 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3793 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3797 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3798 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3800 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3804 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3805 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3806 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3807 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3808 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3810 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3814 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3815 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3817 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3821 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3822 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3828 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3830 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3831 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3832 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3840 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3841 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3842 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3843 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3847 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3848 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3849 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3850 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3851 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3852 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3854 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3855 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3856 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3857 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3858 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3859 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3860 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3862 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3863 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3864 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3865 let finish_command delete it.
3867 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3868 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3869 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3870 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3871 solib breakpoints.) */
3873 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3878 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3879 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3881 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3883 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3890 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3892 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3894 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3895 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3897 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3898 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3900 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3901 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3902 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3904 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3907 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3908 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3909 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3910 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3911 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3912 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3913 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3917 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3920 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3924 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3925 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3926 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3927 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3928 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3931 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3935 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3936 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3938 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3939 This should not ever happen. */
3940 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3942 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3943 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3945 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3946 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3947 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3949 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3950 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3951 || bl
->section
== NULL
3952 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3954 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3956 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3957 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3958 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3959 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3960 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3961 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3962 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3963 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3964 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3965 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3966 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3967 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3968 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3969 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3970 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3971 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3972 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3973 they should always be removed. */
3974 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3975 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3976 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3979 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3983 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3984 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3985 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3987 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3988 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3990 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3991 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3992 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3993 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3994 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3996 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3997 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3999 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4000 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4003 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4004 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4005 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4006 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4008 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4009 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4010 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4011 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4012 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4013 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4019 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4024 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4025 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4026 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4027 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4028 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4029 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4030 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4031 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4032 always-inserted mode. */
4034 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4035 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4036 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4037 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4043 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4045 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4047 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4048 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4050 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4051 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4053 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4054 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4055 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4058 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4059 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4062 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4063 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4065 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4069 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4076 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4079 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4081 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4082 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4084 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4085 This should not ever happen. */
4086 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4088 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4090 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4092 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4094 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4098 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4101 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4103 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4105 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4106 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4110 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4111 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4113 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4116 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4117 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4118 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4123 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4125 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4126 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4128 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4130 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4132 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4135 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4139 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4145 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4147 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4148 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4151 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4153 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4155 case bp_shlib_event
:
4157 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4158 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4159 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4160 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4161 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4163 (gdb) file prog-linux
4164 (gdb) run # native linux target
4167 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4168 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4171 case bp_step_resume
:
4173 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4175 case bp_single_step
:
4177 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4179 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4183 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4184 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4185 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4187 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4189 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4190 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4191 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4192 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4194 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4195 insert_breakpoints. */
4197 value_free (w
->val
);
4208 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4209 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4210 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4211 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4214 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4215 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4216 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4217 match, not program space. */
4219 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4220 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4221 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4222 permanent breakpoint.
4223 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4224 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4225 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4226 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4227 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4229 enum breakpoint_here
4230 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4232 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4233 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4237 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4238 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4241 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4242 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4244 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4246 if (overlay_debugging
4247 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4248 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4249 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4250 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4251 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4253 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4257 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4260 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4263 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4264 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4266 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4270 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4271 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4274 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4276 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4279 if (overlay_debugging
4280 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4281 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4283 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4294 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4297 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4299 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4302 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4303 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4309 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4313 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4314 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4317 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4320 if (overlay_debugging
4321 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4322 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4323 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4330 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4333 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4335 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4336 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4340 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4342 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4343 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4346 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4352 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4356 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4359 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4360 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4364 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4366 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4369 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4376 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4379 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4382 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4383 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4387 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4389 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4392 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4400 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4401 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4403 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4407 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4409 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4410 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4413 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4416 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4417 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4421 /* Check for intersection. */
4422 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4423 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4432 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4436 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4438 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4441 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4445 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4447 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4448 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4449 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4450 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4454 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4455 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4458 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4475 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4476 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4479 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4483 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4488 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4490 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4491 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4492 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4493 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4494 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4496 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4497 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4501 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4511 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4514 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4519 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4521 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4527 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4530 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4532 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4534 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4536 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4538 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4543 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4552 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4553 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4554 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4555 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4557 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4558 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4560 Return 1 otherwise. */
4563 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4565 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4568 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4570 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4571 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4572 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4573 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4574 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4576 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4578 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4582 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4585 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4587 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4590 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4593 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4597 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4599 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4601 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4603 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4609 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4612 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4614 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4616 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4618 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4619 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4620 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4621 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4622 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4626 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4629 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4632 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4634 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4637 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4638 or its equivalent. */
4641 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4643 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4646 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4647 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4648 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4649 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4651 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4652 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4653 bpstat of the current thread. */
4656 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4659 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4662 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4664 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4667 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4668 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4670 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4672 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4675 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4676 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4678 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4679 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4680 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4682 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4684 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4685 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4686 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4687 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4688 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4689 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4690 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4691 the tree when we're done. */
4692 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4693 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4694 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4695 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4696 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4698 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4704 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4706 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4712 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4713 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4715 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4717 if (interpreter_async
)
4718 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4719 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4720 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4723 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4724 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4725 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4726 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4727 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4728 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4729 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4730 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4731 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4732 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4733 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4734 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4735 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4740 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4745 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4747 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4749 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4750 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4751 && target_has_execution
4752 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4753 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4754 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4755 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4756 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4757 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4758 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4761 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4764 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4767 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4770 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4773 struct value_print_options opts
;
4774 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4775 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4779 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4780 debugging multiple threads. */
4783 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4785 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4788 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4790 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4793 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Thread ");
4796 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4798 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4801 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \"");
4802 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "name", "%s", name
);
4803 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\"");
4806 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hit ");
4810 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4811 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4812 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4813 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4816 static enum print_stop_action
4817 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4819 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4822 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4827 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4828 relevant messages. */
4829 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4832 case print_it_normal
:
4834 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4836 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4837 which has since been deleted. */
4839 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4841 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4842 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4847 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4848 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4853 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4856 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4859 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4861 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4865 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4866 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4867 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4869 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4870 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4871 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4874 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4875 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4876 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4880 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4884 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4885 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4888 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4893 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4894 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4895 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4898 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4903 struct so_list
*iter
;
4905 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4907 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4908 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4911 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4916 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4917 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4918 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4921 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4925 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4926 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4927 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4928 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4929 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4930 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4931 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4934 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4935 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4936 code to print the location. An example is
4937 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4939 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4940 to also print the location part of the message.
4941 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4942 don't require a location appended to the end.
4943 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4944 further info to be printed. */
4946 enum print_stop_action
4947 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4949 enum print_stop_action val
;
4951 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4952 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4953 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4954 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4955 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4957 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4958 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4959 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4960 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4964 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4965 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4966 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4967 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4969 print_solib_event (0);
4970 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4973 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4974 with and nothing was printed. */
4975 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4978 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4979 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4980 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4981 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4982 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4983 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4986 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4988 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4989 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4991 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4995 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4998 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5002 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5004 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5005 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5006 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5007 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5008 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5009 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5010 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5012 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5016 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5017 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5020 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5022 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5024 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5026 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5028 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5029 as not triggered. */
5031 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5033 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5035 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5041 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5043 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5044 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5046 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5048 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5050 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5056 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5057 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5061 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5063 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5064 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5066 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5067 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5069 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5071 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5072 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5074 if (newaddr
== start
)
5076 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5080 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5081 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5085 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5094 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5095 because of check_errors). */
5096 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5097 #define WP_DELETED 1
5098 /* The value has changed. */
5099 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5100 /* The value has not changed. */
5101 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5102 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5105 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5106 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5108 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5111 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5112 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5115 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5117 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5118 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5119 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5120 int within_current_scope
;
5122 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5123 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5124 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5126 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5127 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5128 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5129 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5132 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5133 within_current_scope
= 1;
5136 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5137 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5138 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5140 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5141 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5142 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5143 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5144 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5145 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5146 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5147 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5148 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5149 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5152 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5153 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5155 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5156 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5157 if (within_current_scope
)
5159 struct symbol
*function
;
5161 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5162 if (function
== NULL
5163 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5164 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5165 within_current_scope
= 0;
5168 if (within_current_scope
)
5169 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5170 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5175 if (within_current_scope
)
5177 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5178 time before we return to the command level and call
5179 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5180 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5184 struct value
*new_val
;
5186 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5187 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5188 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5189 a mask watchpoint. */
5190 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5192 mark
= value_mark ();
5193 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5195 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5196 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5198 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5199 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5200 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5201 not what we want. */
5202 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5203 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5205 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5207 release_value (new_val
);
5208 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5210 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5213 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5217 /* Nothing changed. */
5218 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5219 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5224 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5226 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5227 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5228 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5229 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5230 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5231 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5232 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5233 the first value assigned). */
5234 /* We print all the stop information in
5235 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5236 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5237 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5239 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5241 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5242 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5243 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5245 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5246 which its expression is valid.\n");
5248 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5249 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5250 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5256 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5257 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5258 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5261 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5262 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5263 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5265 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5267 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5268 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5270 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5273 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5274 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5277 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5279 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5280 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5282 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5283 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5284 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5285 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5286 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5289 int must_check_value
= 0;
5291 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5292 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5294 must_check_value
= 1;
5295 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5296 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5297 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5299 must_check_value
= 1;
5300 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5301 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5302 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5303 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5304 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5305 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5306 must_check_value
= 1;
5308 if (must_check_value
)
5311 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5313 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5314 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5316 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5320 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5321 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5325 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5328 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5329 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5331 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5333 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5334 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5335 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5336 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5337 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5338 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5339 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5342 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5343 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5346 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5347 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5348 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5349 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5351 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5352 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5353 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5356 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5357 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5358 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5359 changes. This still gives false positives when
5360 the program writes the same value to memory as
5361 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5362 it for a read), but it's much better than
5365 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5367 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5369 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5372 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5373 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5375 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5376 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5378 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5379 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5381 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5387 if (other_write_watchpoint
5388 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5390 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5391 and the value changed since the last time we
5392 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5394 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5399 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5400 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5401 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5403 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5404 the value hasn't changed. */
5405 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5413 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5414 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5415 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5416 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5417 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5421 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5423 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5424 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5425 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5426 anything for this watchpoint. */
5427 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5433 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5434 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5435 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5436 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5439 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5441 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5443 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5444 struct expression
*cond
;
5446 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5448 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5449 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5450 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5451 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5452 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5454 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5455 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5456 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5458 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5459 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5465 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5466 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5468 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5469 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5476 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5478 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5480 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5482 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5489 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5491 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5492 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5494 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5495 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5496 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5497 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5499 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5501 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5502 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5506 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5507 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5508 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5509 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5510 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5512 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5513 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5516 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5518 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5519 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5520 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5521 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5522 really matter which instantiation of the function
5523 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5524 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5525 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5526 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5527 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5528 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5529 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5530 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5532 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5534 select_frame (frame
);
5536 within_current_scope
= 0;
5538 if (within_current_scope
)
5540 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5541 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5545 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5546 "in the current scope"));
5547 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5548 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5551 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5552 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5555 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5559 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5563 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5565 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5569 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5570 on the current target. */
5573 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5575 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5576 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5577 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5578 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5582 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5583 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5585 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5586 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5589 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5591 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5593 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5594 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5595 several reasons concurrently.)
5597 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5598 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5601 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5602 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5603 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5605 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5606 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5607 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5608 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5609 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5610 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5613 int need_remove_insert
;
5616 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5617 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5618 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5619 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5620 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5621 inferior function calls. */
5625 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5628 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5630 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5631 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5632 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5633 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5634 checked all locations already. */
5635 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5638 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5641 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5644 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5647 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5650 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5651 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5652 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5656 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5657 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5658 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5660 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5662 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5664 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5669 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5670 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5671 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5673 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5675 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5676 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5678 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5679 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5682 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5687 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5688 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5689 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5691 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5693 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5695 handle_solib_event ();
5700 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5701 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5702 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5706 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5711 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5712 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5715 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5720 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5722 /* We will stop here. */
5723 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5725 --(b
->enable_count
);
5726 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5727 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5732 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5733 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5734 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5735 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5738 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5743 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5745 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5746 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5749 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5750 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5751 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5753 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5754 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5755 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5757 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5758 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5760 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5762 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5763 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5766 if (need_remove_insert
)
5767 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5768 else if (removed_any
)
5769 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5775 handle_jit_event (void)
5777 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5778 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5781 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5783 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5784 breakpoint_re_set. */
5785 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5787 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5788 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5790 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5792 target_terminal_inferior ();
5795 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5797 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5800 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5802 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5806 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5807 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5808 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5810 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5812 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5813 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5814 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5817 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5819 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5820 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5824 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5831 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5832 case bp_single_step
:
5835 case bp_shlib_event
:
5839 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5841 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5844 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5847 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5848 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5849 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5853 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5855 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5859 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5860 This requires no further action. */
5864 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5869 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5872 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5874 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5875 case bp_exception_resume
:
5878 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5879 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5884 case bp_step_resume
:
5886 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5889 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5890 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5893 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5895 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5898 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5902 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5903 case bp_thread_event
:
5904 case bp_overlay_event
:
5905 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5906 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5907 case bp_exception_master
:
5908 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5914 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5916 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5920 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5921 This requires no further action. */
5926 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5929 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5930 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5931 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5932 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5934 case bp_std_terminate
:
5935 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5936 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5937 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5938 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5941 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5942 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5943 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5944 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5946 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5947 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5949 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5950 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5951 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5953 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5954 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5955 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5956 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5961 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5963 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5967 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5968 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5971 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5978 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5982 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5984 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5991 handle_jit_event ();
5993 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5994 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5996 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5997 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6003 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6004 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6005 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6008 bpstat_should_step (void)
6010 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6013 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6019 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6021 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6030 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6031 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6032 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6035 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6037 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6038 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6042 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6044 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6046 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6047 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6048 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6053 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6059 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6060 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6062 "host": Host evals condition.
6063 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6064 "target": Target evals condition.
6068 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6070 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6071 char host_evals
= 0;
6072 char target_evals
= 0;
6077 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6080 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6081 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6082 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6084 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6086 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6092 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6093 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6094 else if (target_evals
)
6095 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6097 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6100 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6101 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6104 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6106 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6109 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6110 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6111 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6113 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6114 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6116 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6119 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6122 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6123 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6125 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6126 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6128 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6132 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6134 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6135 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6136 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6137 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6140 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6143 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6144 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6145 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6146 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6147 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6148 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6151 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6152 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6154 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6155 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6156 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6158 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6162 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6163 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6165 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6167 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6169 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6173 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6174 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6175 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6176 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6177 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6178 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6180 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6181 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6183 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6184 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6188 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6189 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6190 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6192 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6193 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6194 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6195 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6198 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6202 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6204 struct ep_type_description
6209 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6211 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6212 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6213 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6214 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6215 {bp_until
, "until"},
6216 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6217 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6218 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6219 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6220 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6221 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6222 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6223 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6224 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6225 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6226 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6227 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6228 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6229 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6230 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6231 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6232 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6233 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6234 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6235 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6236 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6237 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6238 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6239 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6240 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6241 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6242 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6243 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6244 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6247 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6248 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6249 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6250 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6253 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6256 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6257 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6260 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6261 const char *field_name
,
6265 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6266 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6270 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6271 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6272 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6275 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6277 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6283 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6284 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6289 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6291 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6293 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6297 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6300 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6303 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6304 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6306 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6309 struct command_line
*l
;
6310 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6312 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6313 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6314 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6315 struct value_print_options opts
;
6317 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6319 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6320 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6321 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6324 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6325 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6333 if (part_of_multiple
)
6336 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6337 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6342 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6347 if (part_of_multiple
)
6348 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6350 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6354 if (part_of_multiple
)
6355 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6357 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6362 if (part_of_multiple
)
6363 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6365 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6366 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6367 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6371 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6373 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6374 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6375 make sure there's just one location. */
6376 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6377 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6383 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6384 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6388 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6389 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6390 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6392 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6394 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6395 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6396 is relatively readable). */
6397 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6398 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6400 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6405 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6406 case bp_single_step
:
6410 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6411 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6413 case bp_exception_resume
:
6414 case bp_step_resume
:
6415 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6416 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6418 case bp_std_terminate
:
6419 case bp_shlib_event
:
6420 case bp_thread_event
:
6421 case bp_overlay_event
:
6422 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6423 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6424 case bp_exception_master
:
6426 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6427 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6430 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6431 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6432 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6435 if (header_of_multiple
)
6436 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6437 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6438 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6440 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6441 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6444 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6445 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6452 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6454 struct inferior
*inf
;
6455 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6460 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6461 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6464 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6465 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6467 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6468 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6469 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6470 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6471 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6472 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6474 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6475 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6478 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6480 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6482 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6483 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6484 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6485 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6487 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6489 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6490 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6494 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6496 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6497 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6499 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6502 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6503 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6505 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6506 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6507 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6510 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6513 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6514 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6517 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6519 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6520 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6521 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6522 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6523 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6525 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6526 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6527 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6528 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6530 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6533 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6535 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6538 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6541 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6543 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6545 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6548 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6552 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6553 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6554 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6555 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6559 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6560 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6561 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6564 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6568 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6569 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6570 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6574 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6577 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6578 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6579 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6582 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6583 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6584 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6585 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6589 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6590 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6591 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6595 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6596 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6599 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6601 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6603 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6605 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6606 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6607 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6611 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6612 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6614 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6617 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6618 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6619 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6622 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6624 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6626 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6628 annotate_field (10);
6629 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6630 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6631 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6634 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6636 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6638 annotate_field (11);
6640 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6641 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6642 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6646 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6648 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6649 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6654 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6656 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6658 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6660 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6662 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6663 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6664 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6665 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6670 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6671 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6674 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6675 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6677 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6679 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6680 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6682 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6683 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6684 locations, if any. */
6685 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6687 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6688 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6689 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6692 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6693 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6695 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6696 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6698 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6701 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6703 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6704 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6705 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6706 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6713 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6715 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6716 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6718 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6719 address to print. */
6720 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6723 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6727 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6728 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6729 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6732 return print_address_bits
;
6735 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6741 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6743 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6744 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6746 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6750 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6752 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6760 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6761 char **error_message
)
6763 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6766 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6768 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6769 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6775 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6776 internal or momentary. */
6779 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6781 return b
->number
> 0;
6784 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6785 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6786 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6787 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6788 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6789 breakpoints listed. */
6792 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6793 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6795 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6796 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6797 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6798 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6799 struct value_print_options opts
;
6800 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6801 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6802 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6804 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6806 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6807 required for address fields. */
6808 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6811 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6812 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6815 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6816 accept. Skip the others. */
6817 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6819 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6821 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6825 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6827 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6829 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6830 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6831 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6833 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6834 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6835 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6837 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6841 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6843 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6844 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6848 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6849 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6852 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6853 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6854 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6856 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6857 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6859 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6860 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6861 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6863 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6866 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6867 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6872 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6873 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6875 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6876 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6880 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6881 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6882 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6883 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6888 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6889 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6892 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6893 accept. Skip the others. */
6895 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6897 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6899 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6902 else /* all others */
6904 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6908 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6910 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6911 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6914 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6916 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6918 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6922 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6923 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6925 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6926 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6932 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6933 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6936 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6937 there have been breakpoints? */
6938 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6940 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6943 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6944 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6947 default_collect_info (void)
6949 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6951 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6952 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6954 if (!*default_collect
)
6957 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6960 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6961 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6965 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6967 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6969 default_collect_info ();
6973 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6975 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6976 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6978 if (num_printed
== 0)
6980 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6981 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6983 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6988 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6990 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6992 default_collect_info ();
6996 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6997 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6998 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7000 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7002 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7004 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7005 && bl
->address
== pc
7006 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7012 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7013 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7017 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7018 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7019 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7025 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7026 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7030 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7031 else /* if (others == ???) */
7032 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7034 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7037 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7038 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7039 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7040 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7041 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7042 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7043 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7044 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7048 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7050 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7051 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7052 printf_filtered (".\n");
7057 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7058 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7059 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7060 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7062 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7063 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7064 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7065 breakpoint location at address zero:
7073 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7075 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7077 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7080 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7081 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7084 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7085 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7087 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7088 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7090 /* Both of them must exist. */
7091 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7092 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7094 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7095 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7096 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7097 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7098 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7099 other watchpoint. */
7101 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7103 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7106 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7108 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7112 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7113 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7114 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7115 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7116 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7117 become hw_access locations later. */
7118 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7119 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7120 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7121 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7124 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7127 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7128 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7130 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7131 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7135 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7136 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7137 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7138 space doesn't really matter. */
7141 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7142 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7145 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7146 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7147 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7150 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7151 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7152 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7153 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7156 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7157 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7160 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7163 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7164 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7168 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7169 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7170 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7171 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7172 doesn't really matter. */
7175 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7176 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7177 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7179 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7180 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7182 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7184 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7190 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7191 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7192 true, otherwise returns false. */
7195 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7196 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7198 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7199 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7200 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7201 different locations. */
7202 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7207 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7208 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7209 represent the same location. */
7212 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7213 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7215 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7217 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7218 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7219 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7221 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7222 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7224 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7227 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7228 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7229 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7231 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7232 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7233 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7234 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7238 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7239 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7241 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7242 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7246 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7247 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7249 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7250 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7252 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7255 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7256 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7257 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7258 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7261 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7262 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7264 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7266 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7269 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7270 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7271 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7272 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7273 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7275 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7276 have their addresses modified. */
7279 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7281 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7282 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7283 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7284 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7285 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7286 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7291 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7293 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7294 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7295 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7297 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7298 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7300 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7301 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7303 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7308 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7309 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7311 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7313 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7318 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7319 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7322 switch (owner
->type
)
7325 case bp_single_step
:
7329 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7330 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7332 case bp_exception_resume
:
7333 case bp_step_resume
:
7334 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7335 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7337 case bp_std_terminate
:
7338 case bp_shlib_event
:
7339 case bp_thread_event
:
7340 case bp_overlay_event
:
7342 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7343 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7344 case bp_exception_master
:
7345 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7346 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7348 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7349 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7351 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7352 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7353 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7355 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7356 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7357 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7358 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7363 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7364 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7365 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7368 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7374 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7376 static struct bp_location
*
7377 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7379 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7383 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7385 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7389 /* Increment reference count. */
7392 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7397 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7398 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7401 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7403 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7405 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7406 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7410 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7413 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7415 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7417 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7418 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7420 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7422 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7431 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7434 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7435 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7437 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7439 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7441 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7445 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7446 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7447 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7449 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7452 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7454 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7455 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7456 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7457 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7461 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7462 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7464 static struct breakpoint
*
7465 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7467 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7469 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7471 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7472 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7476 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7477 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7481 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7483 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7485 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7486 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7487 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7490 const char *function_name
;
7491 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7493 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7494 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7496 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7498 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7500 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7501 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7502 &loc
->requested_address
))
7504 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7505 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7506 loc
->requested_address
,
7509 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7510 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7512 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7513 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7514 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7515 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7517 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7522 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7526 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7528 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7531 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7533 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7538 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7539 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7540 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7542 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7543 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7544 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7547 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7548 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7549 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7551 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7553 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7555 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7556 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7558 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7559 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7561 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7562 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7565 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7566 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7567 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7568 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7569 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7570 is also returned as the value of this function.
7572 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7573 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7574 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7575 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7576 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7577 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7578 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7581 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7582 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7583 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7585 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7587 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7588 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7592 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7593 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7594 initiated the operation. */
7597 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7599 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7600 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7602 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7603 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7604 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7605 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7607 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7608 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7609 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7611 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7612 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7614 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7615 after their removal. */
7616 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7617 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7618 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7621 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7624 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7626 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7628 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7631 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7633 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7639 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7641 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7644 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7646 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7647 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7651 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7652 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7653 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7657 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7659 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7662 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7664 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7666 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7667 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7669 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7671 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7673 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7676 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7677 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7678 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7679 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7685 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7686 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7689 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7690 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7694 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7696 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7698 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7699 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7701 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7703 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7704 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7705 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7706 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7709 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7711 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7713 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7714 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7715 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7717 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7722 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7727 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7729 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7730 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7731 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7736 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7738 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7741 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7743 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7744 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7745 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7749 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7750 master breakpoint. */
7752 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7754 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7757 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7758 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7760 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7761 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7765 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7767 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7769 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7772 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7773 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7777 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7779 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7781 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7782 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7784 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7785 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7786 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7788 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7793 struct lang_and_radix
7799 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7802 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7804 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7805 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7808 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7811 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7813 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7815 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7816 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7817 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7822 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7824 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7827 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7828 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7829 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7832 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7835 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7837 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7840 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7841 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7842 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7845 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7846 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7847 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7849 static struct breakpoint
*
7850 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7851 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7853 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7855 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7856 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7857 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7862 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7864 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7867 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7870 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7872 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7874 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7876 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7877 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7879 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7885 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7886 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7889 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7891 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7893 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7895 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7896 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7898 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7899 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7900 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7901 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7902 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7903 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7904 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7905 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7906 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7907 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7908 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7909 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7912 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7917 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7918 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7919 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7922 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7924 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7925 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7927 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7928 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7929 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7930 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7931 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7932 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7937 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7938 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7940 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7941 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7942 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7943 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7944 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7945 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7946 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7947 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7948 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7950 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7951 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7952 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7953 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7956 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7957 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7959 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7961 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7962 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7963 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7966 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7971 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7972 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7973 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7976 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7978 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7980 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7983 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7984 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7985 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7986 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7987 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7988 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7989 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7990 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7991 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7992 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7994 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7995 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
8000 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8001 int bp_modified
= 0;
8003 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8006 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8008 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8010 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8011 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8014 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8017 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8020 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8021 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8024 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8026 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8027 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8028 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8029 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8030 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8033 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8040 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8044 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8046 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8047 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8048 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8049 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8050 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8052 struct fork_catchpoint
8054 /* The base class. */
8055 struct breakpoint base
;
8057 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8058 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8059 catchpoint has triggered. */
8060 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8063 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8067 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8069 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8072 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8076 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8078 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8081 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8085 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8086 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8087 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8089 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8091 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8094 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8098 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8101 static enum print_stop_action
8102 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8104 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8105 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8106 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8108 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8109 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8110 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8111 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8116 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8117 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8118 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8120 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8121 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8122 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8123 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8124 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8127 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8131 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8133 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8134 struct value_print_options opts
;
8135 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8137 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8139 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8140 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8142 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8143 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8145 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8146 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8148 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8149 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8150 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8151 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8154 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8155 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8158 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8162 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8164 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8167 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8171 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8173 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8174 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8177 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8179 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8181 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8185 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8187 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8190 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8194 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8196 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8199 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8203 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8204 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8205 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8207 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8209 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8212 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8216 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8219 static enum print_stop_action
8220 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8222 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8223 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8224 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8226 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8227 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8228 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8231 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8235 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8236 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8238 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8239 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8240 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8241 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8242 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8245 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8249 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8251 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8252 struct value_print_options opts
;
8253 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8255 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8256 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8257 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8259 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8260 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8263 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8265 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8266 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8267 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8268 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8271 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8272 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8275 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8279 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8281 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8284 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8288 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8290 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8291 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8296 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8298 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8299 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8300 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8301 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8302 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8304 struct solib_catchpoint
8306 /* The base class. */
8307 struct breakpoint base
;
8309 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8310 unsigned char is_load
;
8312 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8313 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8319 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8321 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8324 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8325 xfree (self
->regex
);
8327 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8331 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8337 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8343 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8344 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8346 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8348 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8349 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8351 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8356 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8358 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8361 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8364 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8367 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8369 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8378 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8380 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8381 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8386 struct so_list
*iter
;
8389 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8394 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8403 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8408 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8414 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8417 static enum print_stop_action
8418 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8420 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8421 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8423 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8424 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8425 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8426 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8428 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8429 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8430 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8431 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8432 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8433 print_solib_event (1);
8434 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8438 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8440 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8441 struct value_print_options opts
;
8442 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8445 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8446 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8447 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8449 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8452 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8459 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8461 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8466 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8468 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8470 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8474 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8475 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8479 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8481 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8483 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8484 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8488 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8490 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8493 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8494 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8500 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8502 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8503 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8504 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8505 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8506 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8507 created in an enabled state. */
8510 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8512 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8513 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8514 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8518 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8520 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8521 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8527 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8530 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8532 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8533 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8535 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8538 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8539 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8540 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8542 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8544 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8545 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8548 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8552 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8553 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8556 const int enabled
= 1;
8558 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8560 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8564 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8565 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8567 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8571 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8572 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8574 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8577 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8578 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8579 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8580 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8583 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8584 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8586 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8588 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8591 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8593 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8595 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8596 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8600 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8602 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8603 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8604 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8605 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8608 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8611 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8615 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8616 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8619 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8621 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8623 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8625 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8628 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8630 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8631 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8632 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8633 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8634 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8636 struct exec_catchpoint
8638 /* The base class. */
8639 struct breakpoint base
;
8641 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8642 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8644 char *exec_pathname
;
8647 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8651 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8653 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8655 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8657 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8661 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8663 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8667 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8669 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8673 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8674 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8675 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8677 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8679 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8682 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8686 static enum print_stop_action
8687 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8690 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8691 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8693 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8694 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8695 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8696 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8698 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8701 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8702 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8703 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8705 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8706 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8707 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8710 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8714 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8716 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8717 struct value_print_options opts
;
8718 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8720 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8722 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8723 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8724 is relatively readable). */
8725 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8726 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8728 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8729 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8731 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8732 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8733 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8736 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8737 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8741 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8743 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8746 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8750 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8753 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8756 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8759 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8762 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8763 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8767 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8768 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8770 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8772 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8779 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8783 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8786 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8788 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8791 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8793 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8795 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8801 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8802 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8803 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8804 types _not_ TYPE. */
8807 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8808 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8811 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8813 *other_type_used
= 0;
8818 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8821 if (b
->type
== type
)
8822 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8823 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8824 *other_type_used
= 1;
8831 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8833 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8837 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8839 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8840 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8846 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8852 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8854 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8855 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8861 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8863 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8864 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8868 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8870 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8871 breakpoint_re_set ();
8874 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8877 static struct breakpoint
*
8878 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8880 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8882 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8883 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8885 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8886 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8889 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8891 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8896 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8897 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8901 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8902 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8904 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8906 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8908 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8910 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8911 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8912 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8913 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8915 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8916 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8918 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8919 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8921 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8926 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8927 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8928 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8930 static struct breakpoint
*
8931 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8933 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8936 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8938 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8939 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8940 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8942 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8943 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8944 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8945 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8946 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8947 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8948 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8949 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8950 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8951 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8952 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8953 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8955 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8956 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8957 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8959 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8963 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8967 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8969 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8973 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8977 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8980 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8982 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8984 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8985 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8987 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8991 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8994 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8996 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8999 printf_filtered ("\n");
9003 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9005 static struct bp_location
*
9006 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9007 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9009 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9010 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9011 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9013 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9014 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9016 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9017 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9018 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9019 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9020 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9021 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9022 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9025 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9026 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9027 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9028 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9033 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9034 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9035 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9036 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9037 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9038 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9039 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9040 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9041 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9042 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9044 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9045 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9047 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9048 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9049 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9050 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9051 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9052 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9053 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9054 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9055 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9056 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9057 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9058 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9060 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9067 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9070 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9074 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9075 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9076 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9080 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9082 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9086 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9088 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9089 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9090 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9091 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9093 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9094 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9097 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9102 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9103 return 0 otherwise. */
9106 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9108 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9111 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9113 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9114 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9115 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9117 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9120 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9121 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9123 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9125 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9130 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9131 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9134 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9136 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9137 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9142 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9144 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9146 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9148 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9150 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9151 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9153 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9154 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9155 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9157 if (!dprintf_function
)
9158 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9160 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9161 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9166 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9170 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9172 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9173 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9176 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9177 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9181 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9182 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9184 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9185 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9187 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9189 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9190 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9191 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9192 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9193 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9195 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9199 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9200 current style settings. */
9203 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9204 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9206 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9210 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9211 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9215 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9216 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9217 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9218 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9221 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9222 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9223 struct event_location
*location
,
9224 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9226 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9227 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9228 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9229 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9230 int display_canonical
)
9234 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9236 int target_resources_ok
;
9238 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9239 target_resources_ok
=
9240 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9242 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9243 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9244 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9245 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9248 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9250 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9252 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9253 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9257 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9259 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9261 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9262 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9267 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9271 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9272 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9273 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9274 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9275 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9277 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9278 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9280 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9282 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9283 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9285 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9287 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9288 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9289 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9293 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9295 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9297 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9298 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9300 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9302 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9304 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9306 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9307 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9309 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9311 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9314 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9315 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9322 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9323 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9329 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9331 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9332 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9334 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9337 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9338 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9339 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9341 if (b
->extra_string
)
9342 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9344 error (_("Format string required"));
9346 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9347 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9350 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9351 if (location
!= NULL
)
9352 b
->location
= location
;
9355 const char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9356 int addr_string_len
= 0;
9358 if (location
!= NULL
)
9359 addr_string
= event_location_to_string (location
);
9360 if (addr_string
!= NULL
)
9361 addr_string_len
= strlen (addr_string
);
9363 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
,
9364 addr_string
, addr_string_len
);
9370 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9371 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9372 struct event_location
*location
,
9373 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9375 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9376 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9377 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9378 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9379 int display_canonical
)
9381 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9382 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9384 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9386 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9388 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9392 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9394 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9396 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9398 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9400 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9402 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9404 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9406 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9409 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9410 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9411 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9412 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9413 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9414 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9415 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9416 we take just a single condition string.
9418 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9419 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9420 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9421 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9422 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9425 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9426 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9427 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9428 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9429 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9430 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9431 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9434 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9436 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9437 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9439 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9441 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9442 'break', without arguments. */
9443 struct event_location
*location
9444 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9445 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9446 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9447 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9449 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9450 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9453 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9455 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9456 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9457 canonical
->special_display
);
9458 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9462 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9463 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9464 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9465 linespec locations).
9467 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9468 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9471 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9472 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9474 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9476 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9478 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9480 if (address
== NULL
)
9482 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9483 breakpoint address. */
9484 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9486 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9487 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9490 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9491 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9493 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9494 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9495 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9496 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9497 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9498 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9500 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9502 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9503 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9504 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9505 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9506 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9508 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9510 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9511 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9512 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9514 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9518 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9522 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9523 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9524 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9525 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9527 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9528 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9529 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9530 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9532 const char *address
= NULL
;
9534 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9535 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9539 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9540 && address
[1] != '['))
9542 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9543 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9544 get_last_displayed_line (),
9545 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9550 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9551 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9555 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9556 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9559 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9563 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9564 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9567 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9568 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9569 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9570 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9571 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9575 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9576 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9579 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9581 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9583 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9585 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9587 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9589 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9590 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9591 associated with SAL. */
9594 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9595 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9598 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9599 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9601 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9605 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9606 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9607 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9608 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9609 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9610 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9613 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9614 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9617 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9624 const char *end_tok
;
9626 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9627 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9629 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9631 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9633 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9637 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9639 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9641 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9643 struct expression
*expr
;
9645 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9646 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9649 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9651 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9654 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9657 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9659 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9660 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9663 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9668 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9670 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9671 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9672 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9677 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9681 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9685 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9687 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9688 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9690 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9691 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9692 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9693 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9698 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9700 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9702 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9703 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9705 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9706 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9707 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9709 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9710 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9712 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9714 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9716 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9718 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9720 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9721 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9723 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9726 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9732 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9735 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9736 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9737 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9739 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9741 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9742 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9743 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9746 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9747 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9748 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9751 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9753 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9755 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9756 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9757 extra_string
= NULL
;
9759 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9763 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9765 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9767 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9769 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9771 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9774 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9775 throw_exception (e
);
9777 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9779 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9780 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9781 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9782 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9783 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9786 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9787 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9788 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9789 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9793 throw_exception (e
);
9797 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9800 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9801 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9803 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9804 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9805 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9806 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9807 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9809 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9810 are ok for the target. */
9814 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9816 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9817 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9820 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9821 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9824 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9826 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9827 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9830 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9831 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9838 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9840 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9842 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9843 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9844 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9845 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9847 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9848 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9850 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9852 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9854 extra_string
= rest
;
9856 extra_string
= NULL
;
9860 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9861 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9862 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9864 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9867 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9868 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9870 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9873 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9874 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9878 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9879 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9880 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9881 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9882 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9888 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9890 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9892 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9896 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9898 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9899 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9902 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9905 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9908 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9909 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9911 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9915 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9916 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9918 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9919 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9921 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9922 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9923 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9924 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9925 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9926 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9927 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9928 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9930 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9933 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9935 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9936 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9937 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9940 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9942 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9943 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9944 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9946 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9947 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9952 /* Set a breakpoint.
9953 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9954 condition, and thread.
9955 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9956 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9960 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9962 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9963 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9964 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9966 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9967 struct event_location
*location
;
9968 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9970 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9971 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9973 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9974 if (location
!= NULL
9975 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9976 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9978 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9980 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9982 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9983 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9984 0 /* Ignore count */,
9985 pending_break_support
,
9991 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9994 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9997 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10001 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10003 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10004 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10005 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10008 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10009 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10010 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10011 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10014 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10016 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10017 const struct block
*b
;
10018 struct symbol
*sym
;
10020 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10021 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10024 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10027 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10028 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10033 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10034 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10035 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10036 happen in assembly source). */
10038 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10039 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10041 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10043 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10045 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10047 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10054 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10056 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10060 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10062 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10066 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10068 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10072 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10074 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10078 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10080 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10081 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10082 stop at <line>\n"));
10086 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10090 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10092 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10094 char *argptr
= arg
;
10097 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10098 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10099 function/method name. */
10100 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10102 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10107 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10109 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10113 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10115 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10119 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10123 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10127 char *argptr
= arg
;
10130 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10131 it is probably a line number. */
10132 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10134 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10139 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10141 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10145 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10147 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10150 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10151 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10152 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10156 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10158 struct event_location
*location
;
10159 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10161 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10162 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10164 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10165 the next character must be ','. */
10168 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10169 error (_("Format string required"));
10172 /* Skip the comma. */
10177 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10179 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10181 0 /* Ignore count */,
10182 pending_break_support
,
10183 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10188 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10192 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10194 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10197 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10198 ranged breakpoints. */
10201 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10202 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10204 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10206 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10207 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10210 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10211 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10214 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10215 ranged breakpoints. */
10218 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10220 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10223 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10224 ranged breakpoints. */
10226 static enum print_stop_action
10227 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10229 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10230 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10231 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10233 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10235 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10236 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10238 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10240 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10242 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10243 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10246 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10248 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10249 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10250 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10252 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10253 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10255 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10258 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10259 ranged breakpoints. */
10262 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10263 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10265 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10266 struct value_print_options opts
;
10267 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10269 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10270 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10272 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10274 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10275 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10276 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10277 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10278 annotate_field (5);
10279 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10283 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10284 ranged breakpoints. */
10287 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10288 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10290 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10291 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10292 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10293 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10297 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10298 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10300 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10301 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10302 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10303 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10304 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10305 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10307 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10310 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10311 ranged breakpoints. */
10314 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10316 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10317 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10320 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10322 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10325 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10326 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10327 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10330 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10331 ranged breakpoints. */
10334 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10336 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10337 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10338 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10339 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10344 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10346 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10347 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10348 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10349 last instruction of the given line. */
10352 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10356 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10357 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10358 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10365 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10367 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10369 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10376 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10379 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10381 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10382 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10383 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10385 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10386 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10387 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10388 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10389 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10391 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10392 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10393 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10395 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10396 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10397 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10399 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10400 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10402 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10403 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10404 error(_("No address range specified."));
10406 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10409 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10410 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10411 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10412 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10415 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10416 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10417 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10419 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10421 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10422 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10423 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10425 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10426 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10427 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10429 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10430 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10432 /* Parse the end location. */
10434 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10437 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10438 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10439 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10440 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10441 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10442 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10443 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10444 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10445 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10446 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10448 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10450 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10451 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10453 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10454 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10455 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10456 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10458 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10460 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10461 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10462 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10464 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10466 /* Length overflowed. */
10467 error (_("Address range too large."));
10468 else if (length
== 1)
10470 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10471 the `hbreak' command. */
10472 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10474 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10479 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10480 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10481 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10482 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10483 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10484 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10485 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10486 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10487 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10489 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10492 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10493 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10496 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10497 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10498 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10502 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10504 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10510 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10511 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10514 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10524 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10525 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10526 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10527 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10528 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10530 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10557 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10560 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10561 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10566 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10567 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10568 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10569 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10570 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10571 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10572 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10574 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10575 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10580 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10582 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10583 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10584 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10585 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10587 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10588 are always constant. */
10590 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10592 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10593 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10594 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10599 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10600 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10601 then it is not a constant. */
10610 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10613 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10615 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10617 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10619 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10620 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10621 value_free (w
->val
);
10623 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10626 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10629 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10631 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10633 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10634 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10636 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10637 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10638 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10639 are loaded and unloaded.
10641 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10642 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10643 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10644 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10645 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10646 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10648 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10649 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10650 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10651 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10653 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10654 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10656 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10657 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10658 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10661 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10664 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10666 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10667 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10669 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10673 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10676 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10678 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10679 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10681 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10686 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10687 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10688 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10690 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10691 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10693 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10694 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10695 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10696 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10697 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10698 (did not match the data address). */
10699 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10700 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10707 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10709 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10711 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10714 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10715 hardware watchpoints. */
10718 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10720 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10721 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10723 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10726 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10727 hardware watchpoints. */
10730 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10732 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10733 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10736 static enum print_stop_action
10737 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10739 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10740 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10741 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10742 enum print_stop_action result
;
10743 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10744 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10746 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10748 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10749 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10751 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10752 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10754 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10755 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10759 case bp_watchpoint
:
10760 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10761 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10762 ui_out_field_string
10764 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10766 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10767 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10768 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10769 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10770 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10771 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10772 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10774 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10775 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10779 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10780 ui_out_field_string
10782 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10784 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10785 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10786 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10787 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10788 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10789 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10792 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10793 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10795 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10796 ui_out_field_string
10798 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10800 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10802 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10803 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10804 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10809 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10810 ui_out_field_string
10812 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10813 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10816 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10817 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10818 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10819 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10822 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10829 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10833 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10835 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10836 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10837 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10841 case bp_watchpoint
:
10842 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10843 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10845 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10846 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10847 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10849 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10850 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10851 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10853 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10854 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10855 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10858 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10859 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10862 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10863 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10864 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10865 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10868 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10872 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10874 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10878 case bp_watchpoint
:
10879 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10882 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10883 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10885 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10889 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10890 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10894 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10897 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10901 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10903 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10904 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10905 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10911 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10913 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10915 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10916 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10919 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10923 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10924 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10927 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10928 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10931 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10933 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10935 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10936 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10939 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10943 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10945 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10947 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10950 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10951 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10954 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10959 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10960 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10962 static enum print_stop_action
10963 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10965 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10966 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10968 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10969 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10971 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10972 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10976 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10977 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10978 ui_out_field_string
10980 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10983 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10985 ui_out_field_string
10987 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10990 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10991 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10992 ui_out_field_string
10994 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10997 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10998 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11002 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11003 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11004 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11005 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11007 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11008 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11011 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11012 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11015 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11016 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11018 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11020 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11021 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11024 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11028 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11029 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11032 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11034 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11035 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11036 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11040 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11042 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11044 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11045 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11046 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11048 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11050 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11053 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11054 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11057 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11058 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11059 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11060 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11063 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11064 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11067 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11069 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11074 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11075 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11077 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11080 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11081 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11084 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11085 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11088 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11090 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11093 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11095 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11097 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11100 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11102 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11105 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11106 hw_read: watch read,
11107 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11109 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11110 int just_location
, int internal
)
11112 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11113 struct expression
*exp
;
11114 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11115 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11116 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11117 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11118 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11119 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11120 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11122 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11123 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11124 enum bptype bp_type
;
11127 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11128 the hardware watchpoint. */
11130 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11131 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11133 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11135 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11136 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11138 const char *value_start
;
11140 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11142 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11143 of the arguments string. */
11144 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11146 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11147 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11150 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11151 This is the value of the parameter. */
11152 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11154 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11156 /* Skip whitespace. */
11157 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11162 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11163 This is the parameter itself. */
11164 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11167 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11169 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11171 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11172 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11173 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11174 only in a specific thread. */
11178 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11180 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11181 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11183 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11184 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11185 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11187 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11189 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11191 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11192 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11194 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11197 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11199 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11201 mark
= value_mark ();
11202 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11203 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11204 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11207 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11210 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11211 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11218 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11219 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11221 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11222 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11223 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11224 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11225 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11227 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11228 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11230 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11233 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11234 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11238 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11239 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11241 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11244 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11245 mark
= value_mark ();
11246 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11248 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11250 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11251 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11258 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11259 val
= value_addr (result
);
11260 release_value (val
);
11261 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11265 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11268 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11269 else if (ret
== -2)
11270 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11273 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11274 release_value (val
);
11276 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11277 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11279 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11280 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11282 struct expression
*cond
;
11284 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11285 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11286 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11288 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11289 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11290 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11296 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11298 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11300 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11301 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11302 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11303 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11304 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11306 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11309 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11310 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11311 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11312 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11314 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11316 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11317 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11319 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11320 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11322 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11323 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11324 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11325 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11326 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11327 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11328 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11329 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11330 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11334 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11335 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11336 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11337 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11339 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11340 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11341 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11342 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11344 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11346 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11349 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11350 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11352 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11353 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11354 b
->thread
= thread
;
11355 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11356 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11358 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11359 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11362 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11363 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11366 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11367 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11369 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11370 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11373 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11374 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11376 /* The above expression is in C. */
11377 b
->language
= language_c
;
11380 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11384 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11389 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11390 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11395 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11397 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11401 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11402 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11406 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11407 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11410 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11412 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11413 need to act on them together. */
11414 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11415 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11418 if (!just_location
)
11419 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11423 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11424 that should be inserted. */
11425 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11427 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11429 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11430 throw_exception (e
);
11434 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11435 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11438 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11439 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11442 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11444 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11445 struct value
*head
= v
;
11447 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11448 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11451 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11452 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11453 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11454 hardware watchpoint.
11456 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11457 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11458 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11459 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11460 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11461 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11462 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11463 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11464 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11466 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11467 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11468 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11469 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11470 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11472 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11474 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11475 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11476 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11477 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11478 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11479 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11483 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11484 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11485 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11487 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11488 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11489 middle of some value chain. */
11491 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11492 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11494 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11498 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11499 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11500 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11502 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11506 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11510 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11511 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11512 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11513 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11514 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11517 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11518 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11519 return found_memory_cnt
;
11523 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11525 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11528 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11529 calls watch_command_1. */
11532 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11534 int just_location
= 0;
11537 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11538 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11540 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11544 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11548 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11550 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11554 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11556 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11560 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11562 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11566 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11568 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11572 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11574 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11578 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11579 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11582 struct until_break_fsm
11584 /* The base class. */
11585 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11587 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11590 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11591 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11593 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11595 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11598 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11599 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11600 static enum async_reply_reason
11601 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11603 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11605 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11608 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11609 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11610 NULL
, /* return_value */
11611 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11614 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11616 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11617 new_until_break_fsm (int thread
,
11618 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11619 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11621 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11623 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11624 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
);
11626 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11627 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11628 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11633 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11634 until(location)/advance commands. */
11637 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11639 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11640 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
11642 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11643 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11644 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11645 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11646 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11647 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11652 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11653 until(location)/advance commands. */
11656 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11658 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11660 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11661 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11663 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11664 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11666 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11668 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11669 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11671 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11674 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11675 until(location)/advance commands. */
11677 static enum async_reply_reason
11678 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11680 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11684 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11686 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11687 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11688 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11689 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11690 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11691 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11692 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11693 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11694 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11696 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11697 struct event_location
*location
;
11698 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11700 clear_proceed_status (0);
11702 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11705 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11706 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11708 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11709 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11710 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11711 get_last_displayed_line ());
11713 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11714 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11716 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11717 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11719 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11720 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11723 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11725 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11727 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11728 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11730 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11732 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11733 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11734 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11737 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11738 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11739 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11740 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11742 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11745 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11747 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11748 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11750 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11751 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11752 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11753 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11757 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11759 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11760 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11763 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11767 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11768 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11769 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11770 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11772 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11773 only at the very same frame. */
11774 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11775 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11776 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11778 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (tp
->global_num
,
11779 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11780 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11782 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11784 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11786 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11789 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11790 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11792 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11793 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11794 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11795 if clause in the arg string. */
11798 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11802 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11805 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11808 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11809 condition string. */
11810 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11811 cond_string
= *arg
;
11813 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11815 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11817 return cond_string
;
11820 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11821 process start/exit, etc. */
11825 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11826 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11831 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11832 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11834 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11835 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11836 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11839 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11840 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11841 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11845 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11847 /* The allowed syntax is:
11849 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11851 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11852 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11854 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11855 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11857 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11858 and enable reporting of such events. */
11861 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11862 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11863 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11864 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11866 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11867 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11868 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11869 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11872 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11878 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11879 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11881 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11882 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11884 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11886 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11890 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11892 /* The allowed syntax is:
11894 catch exec if <cond>
11896 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11897 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11899 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11900 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11902 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11903 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11904 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11905 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11907 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11911 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11912 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11913 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11915 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11922 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11924 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11926 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11927 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11928 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11929 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11930 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11931 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11932 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11933 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11934 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11935 enough for now, though. */
11938 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11940 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11941 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11942 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11943 language_def (language_ada
));
11944 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11948 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11950 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11955 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11957 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11960 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11963 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11965 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11966 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11967 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11968 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11970 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11972 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11975 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11979 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11982 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11985 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11987 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11988 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11991 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11992 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11994 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11998 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11999 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12000 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12001 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12006 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
12007 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12008 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12010 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12011 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12012 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12013 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12014 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12015 error (_("No source file specified."));
12017 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12023 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12024 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12025 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12026 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12028 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12029 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12030 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12031 due to optimization, all in one block.
12033 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12034 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12035 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12036 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12037 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12038 to support that. */
12040 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12041 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12042 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12046 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12047 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12049 const char *sal_fullname
;
12051 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12052 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12053 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12056 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12061 1 0 <can't happen> */
12063 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12064 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12065 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12067 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12071 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12072 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12074 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12075 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12077 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12078 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12079 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12081 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12082 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12083 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12084 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12085 int line_match
= 0;
12087 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12088 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12089 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12090 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12091 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12092 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12093 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12096 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12105 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12109 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12110 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12113 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12115 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12118 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12119 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12120 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12121 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12122 compare_breakpoints
);
12123 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12124 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12128 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12133 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12134 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12137 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12138 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12140 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12143 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12146 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12147 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12150 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12152 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12155 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12156 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12157 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12160 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12162 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12164 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12165 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12166 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12168 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12170 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12172 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12173 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12177 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12178 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12179 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12180 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12181 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12182 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12185 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12187 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12188 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12190 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12191 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12193 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12194 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12197 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12198 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12199 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12201 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12202 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12203 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12205 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12206 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12207 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12209 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12210 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12211 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12213 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12216 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12217 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12218 content of the bp_location array. */
12221 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12223 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12225 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12226 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12228 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12230 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12232 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12235 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12236 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12238 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12239 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12240 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12241 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12243 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12245 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12246 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12247 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12248 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12252 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12255 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12257 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12258 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12259 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12261 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12263 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12265 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12266 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12267 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12269 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12270 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12271 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12274 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12276 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12277 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12279 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12282 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12285 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12287 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12288 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12289 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12290 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12293 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12295 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12298 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12300 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12301 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12302 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12303 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12306 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12309 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12312 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12314 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12315 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12316 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12317 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12319 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12320 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12321 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12322 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12323 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12325 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12326 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12327 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12328 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12329 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12330 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12331 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12332 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12335 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12336 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12337 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12341 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12343 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12344 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12345 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12348 address
= bl
->address
;
12349 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12351 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12352 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12353 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12355 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12356 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12359 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12360 the same program space as the location
12361 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12362 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12367 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12368 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12371 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12372 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12373 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12374 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12375 that have already been marked. */
12376 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12378 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12380 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12382 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12383 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12387 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12388 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12389 locations are duplicate of which.
12391 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12392 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12396 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12398 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12399 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12400 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12401 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12402 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12403 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12404 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12406 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12407 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12408 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12409 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12410 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12412 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12413 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12414 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12415 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12417 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12418 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12419 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12420 unsigned old_location_count
;
12422 old_location
= bp_location
;
12423 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12424 bp_location
= NULL
;
12425 bp_location_count
= 0;
12426 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12429 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12430 bp_location_count
++;
12432 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12433 locp
= bp_location
;
12434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12435 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12437 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12438 bp_location_compare
);
12440 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12442 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12443 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12444 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12445 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12446 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12449 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12450 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12452 locp
= bp_location
;
12453 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12456 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12457 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12459 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12460 not, we have to free it. */
12461 int found_object
= 0;
12462 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12463 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12466 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12467 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12468 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12469 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12473 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12474 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12477 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12478 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12479 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12481 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12482 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12483 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12485 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12486 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12489 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12493 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12494 have to go through updates again. */
12495 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12497 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12501 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12502 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12503 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12504 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12505 at certain location is not inserted. */
12507 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12509 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12512 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12514 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12515 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12516 keep_in_target
= 1;
12520 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12521 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12522 remove its target-side condition. */
12524 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12525 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12526 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12527 this one from the target. */
12529 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12530 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12533 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12534 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12537 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12539 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12541 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12542 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12543 supported, but the latter are. */
12544 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12546 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12547 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12550 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12551 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12553 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12554 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12556 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12557 keep_in_target
= 1;
12565 if (!keep_in_target
)
12567 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12569 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12570 this location on the global list, and try to
12571 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12572 reason why we will succeed next time.
12574 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12575 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12576 only after calling us. */
12577 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12578 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12579 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12587 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12588 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12590 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12591 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12592 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12593 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12594 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12595 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12596 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12597 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12598 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12599 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12600 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12601 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12602 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12603 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12606 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12607 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12609 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12610 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12611 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12612 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12613 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12614 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12615 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12616 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12617 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12618 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12619 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12620 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12621 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12624 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12625 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12626 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12627 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12629 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12630 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12631 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12632 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12633 traps we can no longer explain. */
12635 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12636 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12638 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12642 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12643 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12648 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12649 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12650 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12651 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12652 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12653 are sorted first for the same address.
12655 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12656 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12658 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12659 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12660 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12661 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12662 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12664 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12666 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12669 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12670 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12671 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12672 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12673 `struct bp_location'. */
12674 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12676 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12677 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12681 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12682 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12683 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12684 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12685 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12686 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12688 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12690 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12691 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12692 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12694 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12695 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12697 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12699 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12700 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12701 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12707 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12708 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12709 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12711 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12712 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12714 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12715 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12718 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12720 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12721 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12724 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12725 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12726 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12727 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12728 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12730 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12734 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12735 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12737 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12741 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12743 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12746 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12747 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12749 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12750 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12756 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12761 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12763 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12769 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12772 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12776 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12777 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12779 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12780 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12781 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12785 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12787 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12789 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12791 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12795 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12799 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12801 struct value_print_options opts
;
12803 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12805 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12807 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12809 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12810 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12811 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12812 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12814 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12815 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12817 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12819 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12820 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12825 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12826 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12832 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12834 printf_filtered (" at ");
12835 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12838 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12840 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12842 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12843 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12844 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12845 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12847 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12848 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12849 real situation somewhat. */
12850 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12851 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12856 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12858 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12860 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12865 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12868 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12870 xfree (self
->cond
);
12871 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12872 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12873 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12875 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12876 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12879 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12884 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12888 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12890 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12891 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12892 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12893 xfree (self
->filter
);
12894 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12895 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12898 static struct bp_location
*
12899 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12901 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12903 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12904 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12909 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12911 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12914 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12915 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12918 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12920 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12924 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12926 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12930 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12931 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12933 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12935 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12939 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12944 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12948 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12950 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12953 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12957 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12959 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12962 static enum print_stop_action
12963 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12965 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12969 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12970 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12976 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12978 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12982 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12984 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12988 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12989 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12990 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12991 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12993 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12997 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12998 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13000 char *extra_string
,
13001 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13002 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13004 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13005 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13006 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13007 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13009 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13013 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13014 const struct event_location
*location
,
13015 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13016 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13018 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13021 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13024 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13029 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13032 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13034 /* Nothing to do. */
13037 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13039 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13040 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13041 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13042 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13043 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13044 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13045 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13046 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13047 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13048 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13050 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13051 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13052 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13053 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13054 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13055 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13056 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13057 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13060 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13063 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13065 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13066 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
13068 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13069 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13073 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13077 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13079 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13080 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13082 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13086 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13088 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13089 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13091 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13095 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13096 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13097 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13099 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13100 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13103 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13107 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13108 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13109 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13116 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13117 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13118 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13120 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13121 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13123 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13124 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13125 be set at the same address. */
13129 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13133 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13135 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13140 static enum print_stop_action
13141 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13143 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13144 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13146 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13148 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13150 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13151 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13153 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13154 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13155 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13158 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13159 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13162 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13164 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Breakpoint ");
13165 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13167 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13168 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13169 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13171 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13172 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13174 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13178 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13180 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13185 case bp_breakpoint
:
13186 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13187 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13188 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13190 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13191 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13192 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13193 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13195 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13196 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13199 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13207 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13209 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13210 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13211 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13212 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13213 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13214 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13215 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13216 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13217 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13219 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13220 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13223 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13225 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13226 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13227 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13228 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13230 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13234 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13235 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13236 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13238 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13242 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13243 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13245 char *extra_string
,
13246 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13247 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13249 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13250 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13251 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13252 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13254 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13255 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13257 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13258 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13259 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13263 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13264 const struct event_location
*location
,
13265 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13266 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13268 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13271 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13274 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13278 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13279 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13280 case bp_overlay_event
:
13281 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13282 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13283 case bp_exception_master
:
13284 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13287 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13288 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13289 case bp_shlib_event
:
13291 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13292 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13293 case bp_thread_event
:
13299 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13301 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13303 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13304 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13305 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13306 objects (among other things). */
13307 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13308 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13314 static enum print_stop_action
13315 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13319 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13323 case bp_shlib_event
:
13324 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13325 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13326 to shlib event" message.) */
13327 print_solib_event (0);
13330 case bp_thread_event
:
13331 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13332 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13333 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13336 case bp_overlay_event
:
13337 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13338 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13341 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13342 /* These should never be enabled. */
13343 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13346 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13347 /* These should never be enabled. */
13348 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13349 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13352 case bp_exception_master
:
13353 /* These should never be enabled. */
13354 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13355 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13359 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13363 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13365 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13368 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13371 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13373 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13374 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13375 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13376 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13380 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13382 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13385 static enum print_stop_action
13386 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13388 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13392 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13394 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13397 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13399 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13400 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13403 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13405 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13408 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13410 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13413 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13416 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13418 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13422 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13424 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13425 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13434 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13436 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13437 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13438 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13442 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13446 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13447 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13448 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13450 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13452 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13453 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13454 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13458 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13459 const struct event_location
*location
,
13460 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13461 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13463 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13465 error (_("probe not found"));
13468 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13471 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13473 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13477 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13478 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13479 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13481 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13487 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13488 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13490 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13491 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13493 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13496 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13497 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13503 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13505 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13510 case bp_tracepoint
:
13511 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13512 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13514 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13515 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13516 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13518 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13519 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13520 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13523 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13524 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13531 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13533 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13535 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13536 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13537 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13538 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13539 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13540 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13542 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13543 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13545 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13546 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13547 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13549 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13550 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13554 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13555 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13556 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13558 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13562 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13563 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13565 char *extra_string
,
13566 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13567 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13569 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13570 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13571 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13572 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13574 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13575 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13577 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13578 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13579 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13583 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13584 const struct event_location
*location
,
13585 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13586 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13588 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13591 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13593 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13597 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13598 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13599 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13600 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13602 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13603 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13607 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13608 const struct event_location
*location
,
13609 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13610 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13612 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13613 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13616 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13618 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13621 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13623 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13625 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13626 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13628 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13629 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13630 3 - disconnect from target 1
13631 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13633 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13634 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13635 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13636 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13637 it all the time. */
13638 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13639 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13642 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13645 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13647 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13648 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13650 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13653 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13656 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13657 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13658 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13659 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13660 address are all handled. */
13663 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13665 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13666 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13667 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13669 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13670 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13671 condition not be evaluated. */
13674 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13675 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13676 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13677 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13678 commands here throws. */
13679 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13680 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13681 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13683 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13685 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13686 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13688 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13691 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13695 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13696 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13697 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13699 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13700 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13702 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13704 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13705 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13707 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13708 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13709 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13710 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13712 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13713 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13717 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13718 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13720 char *extra_string
,
13721 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13722 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13724 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13725 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13726 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13727 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13730 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13731 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13733 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13734 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13735 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13736 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13737 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13738 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13740 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13742 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13743 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13744 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13745 struct event_location
*location
;
13747 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13748 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13750 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13751 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13753 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13754 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13756 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13757 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13758 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13759 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13760 canonical
->special_display
);
13761 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13762 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13763 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13764 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13765 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13766 corresponds to this one */
13767 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13769 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13771 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13776 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13777 const struct event_location
*location
,
13778 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13779 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13781 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13782 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13784 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13785 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13787 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13791 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13794 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13797 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13799 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13802 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13806 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13808 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13810 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13812 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13813 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13816 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13817 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13818 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13819 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13820 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13823 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13824 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13825 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13826 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13828 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13831 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13832 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13833 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13835 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13836 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13838 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13839 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13840 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13841 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13845 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13847 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13848 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13849 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13850 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13851 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13854 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13855 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13856 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13857 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13859 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13861 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13862 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13865 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13867 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13871 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13873 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13874 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13875 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13876 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13877 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13878 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13879 commands won't work. */
13881 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13883 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13884 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13885 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13886 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13887 might be better design to have location completely
13888 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13889 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13891 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13892 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13893 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13894 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13899 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13901 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13905 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13907 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13910 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13911 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13914 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13915 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13919 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13924 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13926 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13927 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13929 if (next
== related
)
13931 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13932 function (related
, data
);
13934 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13935 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13940 function (related
, data
);
13944 while (related
!= b
);
13948 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13950 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13953 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13954 delete_breakpoint. */
13957 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13959 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13963 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13965 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13971 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13973 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13974 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13975 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13977 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13979 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13983 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13985 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13988 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13989 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13993 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13996 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13997 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
14001 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14003 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14005 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14006 if ((pspace
== NULL
14007 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
14008 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
14009 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14014 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14015 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14016 Null names are ignored. */
14019 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14021 struct bp_location
*l
;
14022 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14023 (int (*) (const void *,
14024 const void *)) streq
,
14025 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14027 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14030 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14032 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14036 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14038 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14042 htab_delete (htab
);
14048 htab_delete (htab
);
14052 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14053 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14054 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14055 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14056 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14057 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14058 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14059 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14062 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14063 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14064 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14065 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14066 in the sources, and output a warning.
14068 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14069 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14070 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14071 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14072 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14075 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14076 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14077 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14078 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14079 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14080 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14081 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14082 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14083 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14085 static struct symtab_and_line
14086 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14088 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14089 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14094 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14096 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14098 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14099 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14101 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14103 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14104 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14105 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14110 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14112 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14114 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14115 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14117 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14120 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14122 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14124 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14125 struct symbol
*sym
;
14126 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14127 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14128 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14130 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14132 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14133 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14135 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14136 "found at previous line number"),
14137 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14141 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14143 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14144 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14145 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14148 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14149 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14150 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14153 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14154 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14156 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14158 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14160 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14163 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14164 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14166 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14167 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14169 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14170 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14171 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14172 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14173 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14174 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14175 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14177 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14180 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14186 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14187 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14190 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14194 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14197 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14200 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14207 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14213 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14214 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14215 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14217 static struct bp_location
*
14218 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14220 struct bp_location head
;
14221 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14222 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14223 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14225 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14236 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14251 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14252 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14253 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14254 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14258 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14259 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14260 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14261 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14264 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14266 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14268 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14270 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14271 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14272 "multiple locations found\n"),
14277 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14278 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14279 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14280 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14281 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14282 individual locations. */
14283 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14286 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14288 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14290 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14292 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14294 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14296 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14298 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14302 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14305 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14306 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14309 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14311 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14312 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14313 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14314 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14319 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14321 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14323 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14327 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14330 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14331 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14332 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14333 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14334 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14335 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14336 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14338 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14340 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14342 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14343 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14345 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14346 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14354 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14355 if (l
->function_name
14356 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14366 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14367 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14370 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14371 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14373 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14374 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14375 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14377 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14378 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14380 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14384 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14386 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14388 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14392 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14393 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14394 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14395 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14396 state, then user already saw the message about that
14397 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14399 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14400 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14402 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14403 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14404 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14405 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14406 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14407 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14409 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14411 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14412 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14413 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14414 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14415 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14416 which approach is better. */
14417 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14418 throw_exception (e
);
14423 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14427 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14428 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14429 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14431 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14434 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14435 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14437 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14439 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14440 b
->thread
= thread
;
14444 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14445 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14447 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14450 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14451 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14461 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14462 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14466 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14470 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14471 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14472 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14474 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, filter_pspace
, &found
);
14477 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14481 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14483 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
,
14484 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14487 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14488 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14492 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14495 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14496 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14499 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14500 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14501 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14503 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14506 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14507 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14511 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14512 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14514 char *extra_string
,
14515 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14516 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14518 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14519 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14520 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14521 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14523 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14525 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14526 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14527 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14530 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14531 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14534 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14535 const struct event_location
*location
,
14536 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14537 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14539 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14541 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14542 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14543 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14544 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14547 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14548 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14550 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14552 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14554 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14555 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14556 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14558 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14561 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14564 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14566 static struct cleanup
*
14567 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14569 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14570 set_language (b
->language
);
14572 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14575 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14576 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14577 Unused in this case. */
14580 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14582 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14583 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14584 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14586 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14587 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14588 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14592 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14593 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14596 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14598 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14599 enum language save_language
;
14600 int save_input_radix
;
14601 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14603 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14604 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14605 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14607 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14608 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14609 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14610 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14614 /* Format possible error msg. */
14615 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14617 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14618 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14619 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14621 set_language (save_language
);
14622 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14624 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14626 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14628 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14629 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14630 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14631 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14633 /* Now we can insert. */
14634 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14637 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14639 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14640 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14642 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14644 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14646 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14647 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14649 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14650 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14651 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14653 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14657 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14658 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14659 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14662 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14664 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14670 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14672 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14674 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14675 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14680 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14684 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14685 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14687 else if (count
== 1)
14688 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14691 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14692 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14695 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14699 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14702 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14705 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14711 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14713 num
= get_number (&p
);
14715 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14717 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14719 set_ignore_count (num
,
14720 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14723 printf_filtered ("\n");
14726 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14727 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14730 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14735 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14737 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14739 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14740 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14742 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14744 while (!state
.finished
)
14746 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14750 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14753 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14757 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14758 if (b
->number
== num
)
14761 function (b
, data
);
14765 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14770 static struct bp_location
*
14771 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14773 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14777 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14778 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14783 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14785 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14787 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14788 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14793 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14794 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14797 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14799 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14803 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14806 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14812 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14813 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14814 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14817 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14819 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14820 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14821 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14822 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14825 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14827 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14828 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14830 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14831 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14833 struct bp_location
*location
;
14835 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14836 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14839 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14841 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14844 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14847 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14849 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14852 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14853 disable_breakpoint. */
14856 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14858 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14862 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14866 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14869 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14870 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14874 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14878 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14880 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14887 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14889 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14890 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14891 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14892 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14894 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14897 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14898 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14904 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14907 int target_resources_ok
;
14909 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14912 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14913 target_resources_ok
=
14914 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14916 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14917 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14918 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14919 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14922 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14924 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14925 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14929 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14931 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14932 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14933 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14935 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14937 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14938 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14945 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14947 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14948 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14950 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14951 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14953 struct bp_location
*location
;
14955 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14956 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14959 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14960 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14961 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14963 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14968 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14970 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14974 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14976 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14979 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14980 enable_breakpoint. */
14983 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14985 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14988 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14989 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14990 in stopping the inferior. */
14993 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14997 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14999 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15000 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15001 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15005 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15009 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15011 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15018 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15020 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15021 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15022 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15023 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15025 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15028 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15029 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15034 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15044 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15046 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15048 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15052 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15054 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15056 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15060 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15062 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15066 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15068 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15070 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15074 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15079 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15081 count
= get_number (&args
);
15083 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15087 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15089 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15091 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15095 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15097 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15101 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15106 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15110 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15111 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15115 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15116 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15117 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15119 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15122 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15123 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15125 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15127 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15129 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15131 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15132 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15133 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15134 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15136 value_free (wp
->val
);
15144 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15147 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15148 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15151 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15152 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15153 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15155 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15157 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15158 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15161 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15163 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15164 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15165 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15167 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15170 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15173 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15174 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15177 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15179 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15181 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15187 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15191 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15194 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15198 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15199 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15205 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15207 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15209 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15211 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15212 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15216 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15218 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15219 struct event_location
*location
;
15220 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15222 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15223 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15224 if (location
!= NULL
15225 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15226 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15228 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15230 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15232 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15234 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15235 0 /* Ignore count */,
15236 pending_break_support
,
15240 0 /* internal */, 0);
15241 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15245 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15247 struct event_location
*location
;
15248 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15250 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15251 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15252 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15254 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15256 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15257 0 /* Ignore count */,
15258 pending_break_support
,
15259 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15262 0 /* internal */, 0);
15263 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15266 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15269 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15271 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15272 struct event_location
*location
;
15273 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15275 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15276 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15277 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15279 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15280 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15284 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15285 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15288 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15289 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15291 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15293 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15294 0 /* Ignore count */,
15295 pending_break_support
,
15299 0 /* internal */, 0);
15300 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15303 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15304 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15306 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15307 static int next_cmd
;
15310 read_uploaded_action (void)
15314 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15321 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15322 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15323 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15324 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15325 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15327 struct tracepoint
*
15328 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15330 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15331 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15332 struct event_location
*location
;
15333 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15335 if (utp
->at_string
)
15336 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15339 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15340 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15341 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15343 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15344 "source location, using raw address"),
15346 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15347 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15350 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15351 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15352 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15353 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15356 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15357 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15358 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15360 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15361 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15363 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15364 0 /* Ignore count */,
15365 pending_break_support
,
15366 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15368 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15370 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15372 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15376 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15378 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15379 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15380 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15384 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15387 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15390 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15391 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15392 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15394 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15396 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15401 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15403 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15405 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15406 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15407 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15408 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15411 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15412 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15413 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15418 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15422 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15424 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15427 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15429 if (num_printed
== 0)
15431 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15432 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15434 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15437 default_collect_info ();
15440 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15441 Not supported by all targets. */
15443 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15445 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15448 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15449 Not supported by all targets. */
15451 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15453 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15456 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15458 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15460 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15466 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15468 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15469 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15470 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15472 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15473 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15475 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15479 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15481 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15484 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15485 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15489 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15492 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15495 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15497 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15498 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15500 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15501 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15504 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15506 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15507 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15508 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15511 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15513 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15514 unsigned int count
;
15516 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15517 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15518 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15520 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15522 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15523 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15525 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15527 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15529 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15531 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15533 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15534 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15537 else if (*args
== '\0')
15539 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15541 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15545 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15547 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15548 while (!state
.finished
)
15550 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15552 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15557 struct tracepoint
*
15558 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15560 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15562 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15563 if (t
->number
== num
)
15564 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15569 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15570 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15573 struct tracepoint
*
15574 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15576 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15578 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15580 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15582 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15589 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15590 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15591 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15592 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15594 struct tracepoint
*
15595 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15596 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15598 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15600 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15604 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15605 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15607 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15608 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15610 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15614 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15615 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15618 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15622 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15623 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15625 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15628 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15633 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15635 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15636 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15644 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15645 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15646 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15650 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15651 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15653 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15655 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15656 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15657 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15659 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15660 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15662 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15665 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15666 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15669 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15670 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15675 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15677 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15679 /* We can stop searching. */
15686 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15690 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15691 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15692 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15694 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15695 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15696 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15698 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15699 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15703 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15704 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15707 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15708 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15711 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15713 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15714 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15717 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15720 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15721 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15723 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15725 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15727 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15729 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15732 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15734 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15736 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15737 throw_exception (ex
);
15741 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15742 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15745 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15746 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15748 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15749 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15750 special, and not user visible. */
15751 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15753 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15756 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15758 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15762 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15766 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15767 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15770 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15773 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15775 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15778 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15781 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15783 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15786 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15788 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15789 all_tracepoints (void)
15791 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15792 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15794 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15796 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15803 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15804 locations used by several commands. */
15806 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15807 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15808 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15809 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15810 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15811 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15813 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15814 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15815 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15817 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15818 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15819 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15820 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15821 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15823 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15824 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15825 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15828 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15829 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15830 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15831 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15832 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15833 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15834 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15837 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15838 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15840 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15841 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15842 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15843 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15844 conditions are different.\n\
15846 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15848 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15849 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15851 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15852 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15855 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15856 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15857 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15858 void *user_data_catch
,
15859 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15861 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15863 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15865 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15866 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15867 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15869 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15871 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15872 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15873 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15877 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15879 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15880 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15881 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15884 struct breakpoint
*
15885 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15888 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15892 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15899 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15900 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15903 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15905 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15906 non-inline function. */
15907 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15913 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15914 have been inlined. */
15917 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15918 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15920 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15921 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15923 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15925 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15928 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15930 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15931 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15939 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15942 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15944 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15946 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15947 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15948 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15952 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15954 static int initialized
= 0;
15956 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15962 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15963 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15964 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15965 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15967 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15968 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15969 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15970 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15971 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15972 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15973 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15975 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15976 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15977 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15978 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15979 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15980 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15981 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15982 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15984 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15985 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15986 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15987 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15988 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15989 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15990 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15991 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15992 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15993 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15995 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15996 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15997 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15998 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15999 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16000 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16001 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16003 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16004 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16005 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16006 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16007 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16008 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16009 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16011 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16012 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16013 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16014 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16016 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16017 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16018 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16019 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16020 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16021 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16022 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
16025 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16026 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16027 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16028 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16029 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16030 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16031 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16032 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16033 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16034 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16035 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16036 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16037 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16038 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16040 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16041 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16042 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16043 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16044 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16045 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16046 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16047 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16048 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16049 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16050 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16053 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16054 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16055 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16056 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16057 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16058 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16059 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16060 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16061 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16062 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16064 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16065 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16066 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16067 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16068 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16070 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16071 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16072 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16073 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16074 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16075 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16077 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16078 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16079 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16080 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16081 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16082 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16083 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16084 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16085 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16086 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16088 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16089 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16090 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16091 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16092 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16093 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16094 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16095 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16096 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16097 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16099 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16100 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16101 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16102 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16103 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16104 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16105 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16106 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16107 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16108 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16109 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16111 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16112 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16113 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16114 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16115 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16116 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16117 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16118 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16119 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16120 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16121 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16122 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16124 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16125 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16126 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16127 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16128 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16129 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16130 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16131 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16132 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16135 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16137 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16140 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16142 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16144 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16146 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16147 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16148 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16150 breakpoint_objfile_key
16151 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16153 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16154 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16155 before a breakpoint is set. */
16156 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16158 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16160 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16161 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16162 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16164 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16165 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16166 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16167 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16168 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16169 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16170 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16171 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16173 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16174 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16175 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16176 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16177 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16179 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16180 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16181 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16182 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16183 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16185 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16186 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16188 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16189 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16190 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16191 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16193 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16194 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16196 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16197 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16198 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16199 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16201 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16202 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16204 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16205 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16206 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16207 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16208 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16209 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16210 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16212 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16214 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16215 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16216 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16217 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16218 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16219 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16221 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16222 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16223 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16226 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16227 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16228 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16231 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16232 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16233 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16234 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16237 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16238 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16239 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16242 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16243 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16244 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16247 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16248 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16249 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16250 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16253 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16254 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16255 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16256 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16257 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16258 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16259 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16260 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16262 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16263 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16264 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16265 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16266 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16267 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16270 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16271 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16272 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16273 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16275 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16276 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16277 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16278 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16279 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16281 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16282 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16283 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16284 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16285 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16288 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16289 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16290 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16292 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16293 is executing in.\n"
16294 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16295 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16296 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16298 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16299 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16300 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16301 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16303 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16304 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16305 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16306 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16310 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16311 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16312 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16313 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16314 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16315 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16316 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16317 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16318 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16319 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16320 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16321 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16322 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16323 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16324 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16325 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16327 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16328 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16329 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16330 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16331 breakpoint set."));
16334 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16335 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16336 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16337 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16338 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16339 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16340 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16341 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16342 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16344 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16345 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16346 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16347 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16348 breakpoint set."));
16350 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16352 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16353 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16354 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16355 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16356 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16357 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16358 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16359 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16360 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16361 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16362 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16363 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16364 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16366 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16367 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16368 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16369 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16371 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16373 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16374 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16375 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16376 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16378 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16379 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16380 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16381 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16383 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16384 catch_fork_command_1
,
16386 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16387 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16388 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16389 catch_fork_command_1
,
16391 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16392 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16393 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16394 catch_exec_command_1
,
16398 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16399 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16400 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16401 catch_load_command_1
,
16405 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16406 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16407 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16408 catch_unload_command_1
,
16413 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16414 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16415 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16416 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16417 an expression changes.\n\
16418 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16419 the memory to which it refers."));
16420 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16422 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16423 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16424 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16425 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16426 an expression is read.\n\
16427 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16428 the memory to which it refers."));
16429 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16431 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16432 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16433 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16434 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16435 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16436 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16437 the memory to which it refers."));
16438 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16440 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16441 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16443 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16444 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16445 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16446 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16447 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16448 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16449 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16450 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16451 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16454 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16455 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16457 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16459 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16461 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16462 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16464 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16465 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16466 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16468 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16469 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16470 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16471 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16473 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16474 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16476 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16477 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16478 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16480 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16481 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16483 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16484 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16485 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16486 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16487 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16488 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16489 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16490 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16491 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16493 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16494 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16495 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16496 conditions are different.\n\
16498 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16499 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16500 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16502 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16503 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16504 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16505 last tracepoint set."));
16507 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16509 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16510 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16511 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16512 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16514 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16516 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16517 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16518 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16519 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16521 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16523 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16524 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16525 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16526 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16528 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16530 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16531 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16532 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16533 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16534 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16536 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16537 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16538 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16539 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16541 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16542 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16543 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16544 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16545 session to restore them."),
16547 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16549 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16550 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16551 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16553 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16555 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16556 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16558 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16559 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16560 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16561 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16562 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16563 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16564 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16565 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16566 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16567 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16568 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16569 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16571 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16572 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16573 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16574 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16575 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16576 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16577 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16578 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16580 show_pending_break_support
,
16581 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16582 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16584 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16586 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16587 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16588 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16589 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16590 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16591 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16592 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16594 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16595 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16596 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16598 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16599 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16600 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16601 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16602 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16603 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16604 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16605 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16606 when execution stops."),
16608 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16609 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16610 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16612 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16613 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16614 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16615 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16616 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16617 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16618 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16619 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16620 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16621 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16622 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16623 be set to \"gdb\""),
16624 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16625 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16626 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16627 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16629 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16630 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16631 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16632 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16633 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16634 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16635 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16636 or the start of the range\n\
16637 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16638 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16639 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16641 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16642 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16643 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16645 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16646 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16647 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16648 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16649 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16650 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16652 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16653 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16654 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16655 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16656 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16657 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16658 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16659 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16660 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16661 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16662 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16663 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16665 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16666 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16667 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16668 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16669 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16670 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16671 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16673 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16674 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16675 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16676 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16677 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16678 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16679 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16681 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16682 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16683 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16684 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16685 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16686 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16689 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16691 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16692 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16693 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16695 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16697 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16698 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);